1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
56 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
58 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
59 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
60 need to move into elfcode.h. */
62 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
65 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
66 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
67 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
69 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
70 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
71 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
72 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
73 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
74 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
75 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
78 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
81 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
82 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
83 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
89 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
94 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
97 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
98 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
99 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
101 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
102 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
105 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
108 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
109 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
110 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
112 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
116 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
119 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
120 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
121 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
123 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
124 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
125 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
126 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
127 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
130 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
133 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
134 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
135 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
137 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
139 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
144 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
147 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
148 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
149 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
151 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
152 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
153 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
154 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
155 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
158 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
161 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
162 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
163 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
166 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
172 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
175 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
176 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
177 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
179 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
182 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
185 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
186 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
187 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
189 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
192 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
193 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
196 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
198 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
203 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
206 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
209 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
210 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
214 return h
& 0xffffffff;
217 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
218 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
221 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
223 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
224 unsigned long h
= 5381;
227 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
228 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
229 return h
& 0xffffffff;
232 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
233 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
235 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
237 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
239 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
240 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
241 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
244 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
245 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
247 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
251 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
258 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
261 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
266 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
268 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
269 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
272 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
276 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
279 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
281 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
283 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
285 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
286 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
289 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
290 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
292 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
293 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
294 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
296 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
297 in case the string table is not terminated. */
298 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
299 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
300 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
301 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
303 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
304 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
305 the string table over and over. */
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
309 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
310 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
312 return (char *) shstrtab
;
316 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
317 unsigned int shindex
,
318 unsigned int strindex
)
320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
325 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
328 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
330 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
332 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
334 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
335 /* xgettext:c-format */
336 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
337 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
342 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
347 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
348 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
349 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
350 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
351 the section is zero. */
352 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
356 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
358 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
360 /* xgettext:c-format */
361 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
362 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
363 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
365 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
369 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
372 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
373 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
374 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
375 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
376 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
377 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
378 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
381 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
387 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
391 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
392 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
397 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
402 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
408 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
410 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
412 elf_section_list
* entry
;
413 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
415 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
416 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
419 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
422 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
424 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
429 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
431 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
432 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
433 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
434 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
435 the index table will not be needed. */
439 /* Read the symbols. */
441 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
443 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
444 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
445 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
451 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
452 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
454 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
455 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
457 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
458 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
459 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
465 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
469 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
471 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
475 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
476 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
478 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
479 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
481 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
482 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
483 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
490 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
492 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
494 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
497 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
498 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
499 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
503 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
504 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
505 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
506 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
508 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
509 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
511 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
512 /* xgettext:c-format */
513 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
514 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
515 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
516 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
523 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
525 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
526 free (alloc_extshndx
);
531 /* Look up a symbol name. */
533 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
535 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
539 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
540 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
542 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
543 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
544 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
546 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
547 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
550 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
553 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
554 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
559 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
560 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
563 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
564 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
566 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
568 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
569 signature just a string? */
572 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
574 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
575 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
576 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
577 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
579 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
580 that it is a symbol table section. */
581 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
583 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
584 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
585 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
588 /* Go read the symbol. */
589 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
590 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
591 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
594 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
597 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
600 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
602 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
604 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
605 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
608 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
610 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
611 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
612 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
615 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
616 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
617 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
618 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
619 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
621 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
625 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
631 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
632 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
633 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
637 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
638 so we can find them quickly. */
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
642 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
643 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
644 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
645 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
649 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
651 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
653 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
656 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
658 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
660 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
663 /* Add to list of sections. */
664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
667 /* Read the raw contents. */
668 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
669 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
670 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
671 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
672 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
674 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
677 /* xgettext:c-format */
678 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
679 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
680 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
681 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
686 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
687 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
688 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
690 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
691 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
699 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
700 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
704 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
705 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
706 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
711 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
712 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
713 section group should be marked with
714 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
715 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
717 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
720 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
723 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
731 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
732 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
736 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
740 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
742 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
743 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
749 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
751 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
754 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
756 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
757 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
759 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
760 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
766 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
767 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
769 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
770 /* xgettext:c-format */
771 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
772 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
773 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
777 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
779 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
780 section is a member. */
782 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
786 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
787 other members to see if any others are linked via
789 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
790 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
792 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
793 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
794 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
798 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
799 insert current section in circular list. */
800 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
801 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
802 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
808 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
811 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
813 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
814 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
817 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
819 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
820 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
829 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
831 /* xgettext:c-format */
832 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
840 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
843 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
844 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
847 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
848 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
850 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
851 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
853 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
854 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
855 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
856 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
859 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
860 bed
->link_order_error_handler
861 /* xgettext:c-format */
862 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
867 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
869 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
871 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
872 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
876 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
877 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
881 /* xgettext:c-format */
882 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
883 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
887 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
890 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
891 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
894 /* xgettext:c-format */
895 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
896 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
901 /* Process section groups. */
902 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
905 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
907 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
908 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
911 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
912 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
915 /* xgettext:c-format */
916 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
922 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
923 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
929 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
931 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
932 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
933 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
934 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
936 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
938 /* xgettext:c-format */
939 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
942 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
943 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
956 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
958 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
962 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
964 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
965 return elf_group_name (sec
);
970 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
972 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
973 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
974 if (new_name
== NULL
)
978 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
983 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
985 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
986 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
987 if (new_name
== NULL
)
990 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
994 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
998 int16_t major_version
;
999 int16_t minor_version
;
1000 unsigned char slim_object
;
1002 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1006 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1007 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1010 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1011 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1017 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1018 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1020 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1023 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1024 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1027 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1028 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1029 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1031 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1032 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1033 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1035 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1037 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1038 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1039 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1040 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1042 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1045 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1048 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1049 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1050 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1052 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1054 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1057 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1059 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1060 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1061 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1062 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1064 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1065 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1066 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1067 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1069 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1071 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1072 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1076 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1077 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1078 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1082 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1084 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1085 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1086 if (name
[0] == '.')
1088 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1089 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1090 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1091 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1092 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1093 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1095 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1098 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1099 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1100 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1101 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1105 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1106 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1107 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1110 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1111 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1112 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1113 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1114 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1115 all but one of the sections. */
1116 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1117 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1118 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1120 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1123 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1124 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1125 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1128 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1129 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1130 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1131 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1135 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1138 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1139 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1143 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1145 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1146 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1148 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1149 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1150 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1151 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1152 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1153 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1154 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1156 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1158 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1161 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1162 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1164 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1165 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1166 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1167 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1169 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1170 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1171 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1173 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1174 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1175 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1176 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1177 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1178 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1179 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1180 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1181 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1183 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1184 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1185 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1186 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1187 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1188 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1189 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1195 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1196 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1197 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1198 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1199 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1201 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1202 int compression_header_size
;
1203 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1204 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1205 bfd_boolean compressed
1206 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1207 &compression_header_size
,
1209 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1212 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1213 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1214 action
= decompress
;
1217 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1218 section. Check if we should compress. */
1219 if (action
== nothing
)
1221 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1222 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1223 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1224 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1226 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1227 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1233 if (action
== compress
)
1235 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1238 /* xgettext:c-format */
1239 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1246 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1249 /* xgettext:c-format */
1250 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1256 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1259 && (action
== decompress
1260 || (action
== compress
1261 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1263 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1264 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1266 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1267 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1269 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1273 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1274 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1275 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1278 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1280 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1281 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1283 struct lto_section lsection
;
1284 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1285 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1286 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1292 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1294 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1295 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1296 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1299 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1300 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1301 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1302 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1303 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1304 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1305 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1306 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1307 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1309 bfd_reloc_status_type
1310 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1311 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1313 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1314 asection
*input_section
,
1316 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1318 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1319 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1320 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1321 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1323 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1324 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1327 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1330 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1331 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1332 should be the same. */
1335 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1336 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1338 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1339 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1340 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1341 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1343 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1344 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1346 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1349 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1350 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1351 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1352 to be the correct section. */
1355 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1356 const unsigned int hint
)
1358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1361 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1363 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1364 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1365 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1366 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1369 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1373 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1375 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1376 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1377 multiple matches ? */
1384 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1385 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1386 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1389 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1391 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1392 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1393 const unsigned int secnum
)
1395 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1396 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1397 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1398 unsigned int sh_link
;
1400 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1402 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1403 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1404 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1405 matched up with the original.
1407 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1408 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1409 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1410 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1411 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1412 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1413 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1414 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1415 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1416 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1417 without any contents. */
1418 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1419 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1420 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1421 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1425 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1426 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1430 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1431 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1432 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1433 in the input bfd. */
1434 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1436 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1437 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1440 /* xgettext:c-format */
1441 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1442 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1446 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1447 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1449 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1453 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1454 if we could not find a match ? */
1456 /* xgettext:c-format */
1457 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1460 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1462 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1463 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1465 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1467 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1469 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1470 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1473 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1474 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1476 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1478 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1483 /* xgettext:c-format */
1484 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1490 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1494 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1496 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1498 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1501 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1502 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1505 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1507 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1508 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1511 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1513 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1514 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1515 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1517 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1518 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1519 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1520 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1522 /* Copy object attributes. */
1523 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1525 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1528 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1530 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1531 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1536 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1537 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1538 files. See below for more details. */
1540 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1541 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1544 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1545 fields have already been initialised. */
1546 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1547 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1550 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1551 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1552 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1554 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1556 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1559 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1560 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1561 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1562 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1564 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1565 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1566 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1567 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1568 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1569 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1574 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1577 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1578 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1579 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1580 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1582 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1584 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1587 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1588 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1589 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1591 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1592 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1593 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1594 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1595 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1596 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1597 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1598 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1599 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1600 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1602 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1607 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1609 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1610 with a NULL input section. */
1611 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1620 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1625 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1626 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1627 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1628 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1629 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1630 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1631 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1632 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1633 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1634 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1635 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1636 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1641 /* Print out the program headers. */
1644 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1646 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1647 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1649 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1651 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1656 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1657 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1658 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1660 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1665 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1668 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1669 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1670 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1671 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1672 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1673 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1674 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1675 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1676 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1677 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1678 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1679 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1680 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1681 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1682 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1683 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1684 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1689 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1692 unsigned int elfsec
;
1693 unsigned long shlink
;
1694 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1696 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1698 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1700 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1703 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1704 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1706 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1708 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1709 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1712 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1713 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1715 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1716 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1718 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1720 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1721 const char *name
= "";
1723 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1724 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1726 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1728 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1735 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1736 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1738 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1740 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1745 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1746 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1747 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1748 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1749 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1750 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1751 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1752 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1753 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1754 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1755 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1756 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1757 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1758 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1759 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1760 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1761 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1762 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1763 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1764 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1765 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1766 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1767 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1768 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1769 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1770 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1771 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1772 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1773 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1774 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1775 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1776 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1777 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1778 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1779 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1780 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1781 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1782 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1783 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1784 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1785 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1786 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1787 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1788 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1789 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1790 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1791 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1792 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1793 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1794 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1795 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1796 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1797 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1798 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1799 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1800 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1801 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1802 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1805 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1809 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1814 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1816 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1819 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1828 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1829 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1831 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1835 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1837 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1839 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1840 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1842 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1843 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1844 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1845 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1847 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1850 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1854 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1860 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1862 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1864 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1865 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1867 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1869 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1870 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1871 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1872 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1873 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1874 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1886 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1887 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1890 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1892 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1894 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1895 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1896 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1898 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1900 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1901 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1904 version_string
= "";
1905 else if (vernum
== 1
1906 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1907 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1909 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1910 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1912 const char *nodename
1913 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1914 version_string
= ((base_p
|| strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
))
1919 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1921 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1922 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1926 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1928 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1930 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1932 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1939 return version_string
;
1942 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1945 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1948 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1950 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1953 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1954 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1956 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1957 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1958 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1959 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1961 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1963 const char *section_name
;
1964 const char *name
= NULL
;
1965 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1966 unsigned char st_other
;
1968 const char *version_string
;
1971 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1973 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1974 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1975 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1979 name
= symbol
->name
;
1980 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1983 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1984 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1985 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1986 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1987 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1988 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1989 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1991 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1992 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1994 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1995 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2002 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2007 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2008 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2013 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2014 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2019 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2020 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2021 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2023 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2025 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2028 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2034 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2036 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2039 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2041 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2042 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2043 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2045 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2046 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2047 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2048 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2050 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2055 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2056 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2057 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2058 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2059 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2060 can expect to recurse at least once.
2062 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2063 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2065 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2066 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2067 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2069 size_t amt
= elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
2070 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2071 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2073 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2075 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2078 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2081 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2084 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2085 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2086 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2091 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2092 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2095 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2098 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2099 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2100 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2101 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2102 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2103 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2104 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2105 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2106 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2107 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2110 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2111 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2114 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2116 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2117 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2118 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2121 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2122 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2123 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2125 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2130 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2132 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2134 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2136 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2137 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2138 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2139 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2141 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2142 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2146 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2148 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2149 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2151 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2152 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2154 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2162 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2163 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2166 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2169 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2171 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2173 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2174 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2175 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2180 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2181 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2182 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2185 /* xgettext:c-format */
2186 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2187 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2191 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2192 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2193 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2194 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2196 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2197 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2198 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2199 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2200 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2202 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2203 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2204 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2208 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2209 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2210 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2212 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2213 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2215 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2216 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2219 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2220 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2222 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2224 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2225 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2230 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2232 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2234 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2235 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2240 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2241 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2245 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2246 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2249 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2252 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2254 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2257 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2258 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2259 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2264 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2265 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2266 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2269 /* xgettext:c-format */
2270 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2271 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2275 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2276 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2277 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2278 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2280 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2281 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2282 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2285 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2287 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2289 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2290 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2293 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2296 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2298 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2299 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2300 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2304 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2305 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2308 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2310 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2311 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2315 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2318 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2319 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2323 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2326 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2327 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2328 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2329 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2331 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2336 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2337 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2338 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2339 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2341 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2343 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2344 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2346 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2347 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2349 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2352 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2354 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2356 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2357 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2361 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2366 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2368 asection
*target_sect
;
2369 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2370 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2371 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2374 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2375 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2378 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2379 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2382 /* xgettext:c-format */
2383 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2384 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2385 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2390 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2391 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2392 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2393 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2394 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2395 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2396 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2398 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2399 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2400 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2401 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2407 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2409 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2410 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2421 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2424 /* Get the symbol table. */
2425 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2426 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2427 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2430 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2431 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2432 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2433 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2434 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2435 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2436 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2437 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2438 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2439 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2440 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2441 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2442 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2443 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2444 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2445 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2447 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2452 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2455 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2456 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2459 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2460 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2461 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2463 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2465 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2466 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2470 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2473 /* xgettext:c-format */
2474 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2475 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2476 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2481 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2486 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2487 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2488 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2489 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2490 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2491 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2492 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2493 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2494 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2496 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2497 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2499 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2503 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2504 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2505 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2506 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2509 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2510 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2513 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2515 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2518 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2519 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2520 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2521 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2528 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2531 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2537 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2538 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2539 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2541 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2543 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2547 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2548 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2551 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2553 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2554 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2555 for applications? */
2557 /* xgettext:c-format */
2558 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2559 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2562 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2563 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2568 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2569 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2570 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2572 /* xgettext:c-format */
2573 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2574 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2575 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2577 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2578 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2579 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2580 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2581 be rejected with an error message. */
2583 /* xgettext:c-format */
2584 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2585 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2588 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2589 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2594 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2596 /* xgettext:c-format */
2597 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2598 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2606 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2607 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2608 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2610 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2611 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2616 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2619 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2621 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2623 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2625 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2627 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2628 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2629 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2631 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2632 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2633 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2636 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2638 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2641 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2644 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2647 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2651 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2653 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2655 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2658 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2661 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2664 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2667 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2668 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2671 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2674 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2675 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2676 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2677 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2681 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2682 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2683 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2684 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2686 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2689 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2691 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2692 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2693 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2696 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2698 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2699 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2700 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2701 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2702 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2703 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2704 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2706 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2707 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2710 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2712 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2713 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2716 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2718 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2719 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2720 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2721 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2724 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2726 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2727 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2730 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2732 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2733 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2734 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2737 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2739 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2740 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2741 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2744 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2746 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2747 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2748 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2749 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2750 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2753 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2755 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2756 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2757 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2758 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2759 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2760 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2761 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2764 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2766 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2767 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2768 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2769 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2772 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2774 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2775 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2776 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2777 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2778 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2781 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2783 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2784 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2785 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2787 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2788 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2789 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2790 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2793 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2795 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2797 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2799 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2800 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2801 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2807 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2810 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2811 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2812 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2818 len
= strlen (name
);
2820 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2823 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2825 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2827 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2830 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2831 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2833 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2835 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2837 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2838 && (suffix_len
== -2
2839 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2845 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2847 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2848 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2858 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2859 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2862 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2863 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2865 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2866 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2869 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2870 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2873 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2874 bed
->special_sections
,
2880 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2883 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2884 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2887 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2892 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2896 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2898 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2899 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2900 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2902 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2905 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2909 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2912 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2913 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2914 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2916 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2917 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2918 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2921 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2922 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2925 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2928 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2930 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2931 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2932 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2933 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2935 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2936 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2937 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2938 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2939 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2940 of combined data+bss.
2942 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2943 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2944 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2945 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2946 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2951 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2952 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2954 const char *type_name
)
2961 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2963 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2964 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2965 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2967 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2969 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2970 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2971 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2974 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2975 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2976 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2978 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2979 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2980 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2981 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2982 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2983 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2984 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2986 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2987 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2988 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2990 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2992 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2995 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2997 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3001 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
3005 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
3006 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
3007 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3010 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3011 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3012 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3014 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3015 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3016 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3017 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3018 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3019 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3020 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3021 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3022 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3024 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
3025 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
3026 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
3027 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
3028 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
3029 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
3030 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
3032 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3033 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3034 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3036 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3037 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3044 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3046 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3047 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3048 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3054 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3056 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3058 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3061 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3064 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3066 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3067 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3071 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3074 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3077 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3079 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3085 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3090 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3091 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3095 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3098 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3101 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3102 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3103 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3107 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3111 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3113 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3115 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3116 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3119 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3123 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3124 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3125 const char *sec_name
,
3126 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3128 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3129 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3133 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3135 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3137 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3143 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3144 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3145 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3149 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3150 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3151 const char *sec_name
,
3152 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3153 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3155 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3156 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3158 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3159 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3160 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3162 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3163 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3164 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3167 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3168 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3169 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3170 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3171 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3172 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3173 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3174 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3175 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3180 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3183 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3185 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3186 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3188 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3191 struct fake_section_arg
3193 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3197 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3200 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3202 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3203 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3204 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3205 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3206 unsigned int sh_type
;
3207 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3208 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3213 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3218 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3222 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3223 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3224 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3228 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3230 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3231 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3232 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3233 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3234 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3237 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3239 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3240 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3242 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3243 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3247 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3248 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3256 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3258 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3259 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3260 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3261 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3262 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3263 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3268 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3273 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3274 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3278 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3280 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3287 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3289 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3290 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3291 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3293 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3295 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3296 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3297 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3298 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3299 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3302 /* xgettext:c-format */
3303 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3304 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3308 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3309 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3310 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3311 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3312 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3313 copy_private_section_data. */
3315 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3316 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3318 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3320 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3321 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3323 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3325 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3326 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3327 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3328 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3329 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3331 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3332 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3333 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3334 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3336 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3337 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3340 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3351 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3352 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3353 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3354 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3358 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3362 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3366 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3370 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3371 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3375 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3376 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3379 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3380 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3383 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3384 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3385 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3386 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3388 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3389 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3391 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3392 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3395 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3396 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3397 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3398 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3400 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3401 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3403 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3404 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3408 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3412 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3416 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3417 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3418 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3419 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3420 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3421 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3422 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3424 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3425 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3427 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3428 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3429 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3430 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3431 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3433 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3434 if (asect
->size
== 0
3435 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3437 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3439 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3442 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3443 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3444 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3448 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3449 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3451 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3452 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3453 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3454 create the other. */
3455 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3457 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3460 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3461 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3462 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3463 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3465 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3466 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3467 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3472 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3473 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3474 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3480 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3482 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3492 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3493 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3494 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3495 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3501 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3503 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3504 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3505 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3509 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3510 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3511 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3512 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3515 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3517 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3518 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3522 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3524 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3529 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3531 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3533 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3535 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3536 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3540 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3542 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3543 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) == NULL
)
3548 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3550 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3552 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3554 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3555 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3556 set until all local symbols are output. */
3558 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3559 unsigned long symndx
;
3560 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3561 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3563 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3564 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3565 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3566 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3567 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3568 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3570 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3572 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3574 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3575 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3577 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3578 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3579 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3580 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3582 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3585 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3587 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3590 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3592 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3593 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3594 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3601 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3603 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3604 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3605 start of the input section group. */
3606 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3608 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3609 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3610 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3611 directives, not that it matters. */
3618 s
= s
->output_section
;
3620 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3622 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3623 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3625 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3627 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3628 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3630 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3634 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3636 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3637 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3639 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3641 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3644 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3646 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3652 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3654 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3657 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3658 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3659 relocations apply. */
3662 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3664 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3665 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3666 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3667 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3672 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3678 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3681 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3684 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3689 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3691 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3692 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3695 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3696 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3697 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3700 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3703 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3704 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3705 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3708 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3709 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3710 in here too, while we're at it. */
3713 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3715 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3717 unsigned int section_number
;
3718 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3719 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3720 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3725 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3727 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3728 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3730 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3732 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3733 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3735 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3737 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3739 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3741 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3742 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3743 abfd
->section_count
--;
3746 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3749 /* Count relocations. */
3750 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3753 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3754 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3755 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3758 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3760 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3762 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3763 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3764 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3765 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3768 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3769 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3770 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3777 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3778 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3779 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3785 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3786 || (link_info
== NULL
3787 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3791 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3792 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3793 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3795 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3797 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3799 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3800 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3801 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3803 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3804 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3805 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3808 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3809 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3812 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3813 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3814 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3816 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3818 /* xgettext:c-format */
3819 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3820 abfd
, section_number
);
3824 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3825 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3827 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3829 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3830 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3831 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3834 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3835 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3836 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3838 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3842 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3844 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3847 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3848 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3850 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3851 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3852 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3853 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3855 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3856 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3859 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3863 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3865 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3866 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3867 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3868 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3869 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3871 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3873 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3874 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3875 the relocation entries apply. */
3876 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3878 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3879 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3880 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3882 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3884 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3885 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3886 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3889 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3890 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3892 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3895 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3896 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3898 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3899 if (discarded_section (s
))
3903 /* xgettext:c-format */
3904 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3905 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3906 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3908 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3909 size as the discarded one. */
3910 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3919 s
= s
->output_section
;
3920 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3924 /* Handle objcopy. */
3925 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3928 /* xgettext:c-format */
3929 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3930 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3931 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3932 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3935 s
= s
->output_section
;
3937 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3942 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3943 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3944 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3946 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3947 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3948 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3949 /* xgettext:c-format */
3950 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3955 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3959 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3960 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3961 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3962 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3963 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3964 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3965 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3967 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3969 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3972 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3973 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3978 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3979 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3980 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3981 field to point to this section. */
3982 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3983 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3988 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3989 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3992 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3993 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3994 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3998 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
4000 /* This is a .stab section. */
4001 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 12;
4008 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
4009 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
4010 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
4011 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
4013 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4015 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4018 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
4019 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
4020 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
4021 the version strings. */
4022 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
4023 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4025 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4030 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4031 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4032 this hash table or version table is for. */
4033 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4035 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4039 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4043 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4044 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4045 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4051 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4053 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4054 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4055 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4056 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4058 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4059 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4060 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4063 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4064 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4065 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4066 the beginning of that array.
4068 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4071 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4072 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4074 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4076 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4078 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4079 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4080 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4082 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4085 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4088 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4090 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4093 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4096 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4101 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4102 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4105 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4107 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4112 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4115 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4118 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4119 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4120 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4121 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4122 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4123 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4124 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4125 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4126 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4129 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4130 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4133 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4135 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4136 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4137 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4138 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4139 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4140 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4141 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4142 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4149 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4153 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4155 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4156 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4160 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4161 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4162 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4164 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4165 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4167 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4168 decided to output. */
4169 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4171 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4173 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4175 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4176 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4178 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4180 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4181 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4183 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4187 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4188 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4190 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4192 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4196 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4197 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4198 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4199 at least in that case. */
4200 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4202 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4204 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4211 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4212 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4213 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4214 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4217 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4219 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4222 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4223 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4224 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4229 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4231 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4233 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4235 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4238 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4239 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4242 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4244 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4248 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4250 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4254 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4255 ELF data structure. */
4257 static inline file_ptr
4258 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4260 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4263 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4264 required section alignment. */
4267 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4271 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4272 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4273 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4274 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4275 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4276 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4277 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4281 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4282 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4283 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4286 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4287 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4289 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4290 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4292 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4293 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4294 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4296 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4299 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4300 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4301 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4303 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4306 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4307 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4308 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4312 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4315 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4316 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4317 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4318 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4322 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4323 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4325 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4330 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4332 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4337 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4338 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4339 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4340 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4341 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4342 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4343 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4344 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4345 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4346 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4347 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4349 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4357 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4359 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4360 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4362 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4364 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4365 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4366 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4367 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4370 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4371 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4373 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4375 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4377 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4378 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4380 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4383 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4388 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4389 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4391 static bfd_size_type
4392 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4396 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4398 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4399 and one for data. */
4402 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4403 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4405 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4406 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4407 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4412 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4414 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4418 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4420 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4424 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4426 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4430 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4432 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4436 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4437 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4438 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4440 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4444 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4446 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4447 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4449 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4450 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4452 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4453 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4454 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4455 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4456 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4457 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4458 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4459 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4460 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4461 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4466 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4468 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4470 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4476 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4478 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4479 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4481 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4482 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4483 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4484 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4486 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4489 /* xgettext:c-format */
4490 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4491 "sh_info field: %d"),
4492 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4495 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4496 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4497 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4502 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4503 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4507 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4513 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4516 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4519 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4521 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4522 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4524 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4530 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4531 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4538 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4540 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4541 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4542 asection
**sections
,
4547 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4552 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4553 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4554 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4558 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4559 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4560 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4561 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4563 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4565 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4566 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4567 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4573 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4576 struct elf_segment_map
*
4577 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4579 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4581 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4582 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4586 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4588 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4593 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4596 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4597 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4598 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4600 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4601 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4603 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4604 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4605 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4606 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4608 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4611 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4613 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4615 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4616 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4617 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4619 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4623 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4625 if (remove_empty_load
4626 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4628 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4634 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4635 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4637 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4644 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4645 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4647 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4650 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4653 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4654 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4655 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4656 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4658 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4661 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4663 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4667 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4668 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4671 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4672 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4674 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4675 bfd_boolean writable
;
4676 bfd_boolean executable
;
4677 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4678 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4679 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4680 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4682 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4683 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4684 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4686 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4688 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4689 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4690 if (sections
== NULL
)
4693 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4694 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4696 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4697 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4700 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4702 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4704 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4705 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4707 s
->target_index
= i
;
4710 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4711 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4712 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4715 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4718 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4720 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4721 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4722 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4723 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4724 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4726 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4727 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4729 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4731 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4732 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4733 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4734 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4735 been left for them. */
4736 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4738 /* Build the mapping. */
4742 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4743 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4745 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4746 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4748 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4749 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4753 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4755 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4756 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4757 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4761 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4762 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4766 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4774 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4775 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4776 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4782 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4784 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4787 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4788 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4790 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4791 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4792 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4793 program headers we will need. */
4794 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4796 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4797 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4799 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4801 && info
->separate_code
4802 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4804 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4805 thus not executable, and the first section is
4806 executable then put the file and program headers in
4807 their own PT_LOAD. */
4808 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4809 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4810 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4812 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4813 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4814 previous page if we can. */
4815 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4816 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4818 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4821 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4822 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4823 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4824 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4825 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4826 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4827 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4828 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4830 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4831 else if (separate_phdr
)
4833 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4836 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4838 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4839 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4842 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4846 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4849 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4853 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4856 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4858 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4859 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4860 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4862 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4864 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4865 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4869 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4870 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4872 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4873 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4876 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4877 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4878 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4880 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4881 pages onto the same memory page. */
4882 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4884 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4885 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4886 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4887 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4888 section can be included in the current segment. */
4889 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4890 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4891 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4892 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4894 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4895 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4898 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4899 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4901 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4902 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4903 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4904 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4907 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4909 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4910 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4911 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4912 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4914 else if (info
!= NULL
4915 && info
->separate_code
4916 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4921 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4923 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4929 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4930 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4933 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4934 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4936 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4938 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4944 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4946 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4949 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4950 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4954 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4955 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4957 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4964 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4969 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4975 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4976 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4978 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4981 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4983 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4984 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4985 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4987 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4995 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4998 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
5005 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
5006 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
5007 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
5008 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
5009 in the output file. */
5010 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5012 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5013 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5016 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5019 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5021 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5022 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5023 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5024 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
5031 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5032 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5033 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5037 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5041 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5042 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5045 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5046 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5050 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5056 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5057 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5061 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5064 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5065 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5066 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5071 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5072 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5074 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5076 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5078 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5081 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5084 while (i
< tls_count
)
5086 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5088 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5092 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5095 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5107 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5108 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5109 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5110 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5111 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5113 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5114 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5115 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5117 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5120 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5121 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5125 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5126 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5128 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5130 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5136 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5137 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5138 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5140 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5141 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5145 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5147 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5154 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5156 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5157 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5158 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5160 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5161 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5165 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5167 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5173 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5175 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5176 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5180 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5181 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5182 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5183 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5184 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5185 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5187 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5188 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5195 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5197 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5199 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5201 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5202 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5205 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5207 if (m
->sections
[i
]->size
> 0
5208 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5209 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5213 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5218 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5221 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5222 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5226 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5233 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5236 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5239 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5241 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5246 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5251 /* Sort sections by address. */
5254 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5256 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5257 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5258 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5260 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5261 place the section into a segment. */
5262 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5264 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5267 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5268 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5269 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5271 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5274 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5276 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5283 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5288 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5289 before others at the same address. */
5291 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5292 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5299 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5302 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5303 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5306 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5308 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5309 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5311 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5313 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5315 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5317 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5319 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5320 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5321 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5322 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5323 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5325 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5327 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5329 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5331 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5333 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5336 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5338 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5340 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5342 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5345 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5347 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5348 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5352 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5354 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5355 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5356 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5357 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5358 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5361 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5362 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5364 /* In other words, something like:
5366 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5367 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5368 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5369 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5371 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5373 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5376 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5378 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5379 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5381 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5385 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5388 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5393 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5394 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5395 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5396 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5397 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5398 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5400 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5401 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5405 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5406 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5407 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5413 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5418 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5420 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5423 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5428 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5429 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5433 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5434 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5436 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5437 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5438 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5439 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5440 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5441 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5442 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5443 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5445 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5446 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5448 if (link_info
== NULL
5449 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5453 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5458 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5459 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5463 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5464 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5465 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5468 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5470 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5473 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5477 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5478 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5479 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5480 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5485 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5489 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5490 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5491 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5492 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5493 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5495 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5496 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5497 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5498 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5499 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5500 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5501 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5505 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5507 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5508 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5509 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5510 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5511 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5512 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5514 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5515 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5517 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5518 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5519 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5524 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5528 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5529 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5531 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5532 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5533 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5534 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5535 position after the ELF file header. */
5536 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5537 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5539 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5540 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5542 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5548 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5549 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5551 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5554 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5555 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5557 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5558 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5559 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5560 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5561 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5562 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5564 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5565 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5568 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5570 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5572 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5573 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5574 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5577 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5579 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5580 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5582 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5583 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5584 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5585 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5586 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5587 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5588 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5590 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5591 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5593 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5595 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5596 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5597 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5598 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5600 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5602 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5604 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5607 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5609 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5612 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5613 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5615 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5619 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5621 unsigned int secalign
;
5623 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5624 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5625 align_power
= secalign
;
5627 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5628 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5629 align
= maxpagesize
;
5632 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5633 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5634 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5635 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5636 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5637 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5639 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5642 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5643 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5645 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5649 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5651 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5652 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5655 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5656 && bed
->no_page_alias
5657 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5658 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5659 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5660 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5664 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5665 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5666 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5667 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5668 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5669 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5670 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5671 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5676 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5677 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5678 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5680 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5683 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5684 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5686 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5689 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5690 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5691 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5692 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5694 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5696 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5698 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5699 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5700 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5704 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5705 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5706 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5709 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5710 " try linking with -N"),
5712 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5716 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5720 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5722 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5723 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5724 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5725 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5729 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5731 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5733 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5734 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5735 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5737 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5739 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5742 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5743 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5744 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5747 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5749 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5750 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5751 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5752 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5753 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5754 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5755 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5756 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5759 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5763 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5764 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5766 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5771 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5772 without file contents somewhere within the first
5773 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5774 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5775 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5779 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5784 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5786 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5788 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5789 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5793 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5794 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5795 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5796 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5797 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5798 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5801 bfd_size_type align
;
5802 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5805 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5806 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5808 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5809 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5810 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5811 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5812 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5813 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5815 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5816 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5817 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5818 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5822 || p_end
< p_start
))
5825 /* xgettext:c-format */
5826 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5827 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5828 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5830 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5832 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5834 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5836 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5839 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5841 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5842 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5844 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5845 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5849 /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections
5850 as would seem proper for their address when the
5851 section is first in the segment. sh_offset
5852 doesn't really have any significance for
5853 SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position
5854 relative to other sections. Historically we
5855 didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some
5856 programs depend on it not being adjusted. See
5857 pr12921 and pr25662. */
5858 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
|| i
== 0)
5861 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
5862 off_adjust
+= adjust
;
5865 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5866 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5869 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5871 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5875 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5876 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5877 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5883 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5892 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5894 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5895 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5896 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5898 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5899 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5900 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5902 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5903 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5904 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5905 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5906 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5907 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5909 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5911 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5914 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5916 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5917 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5918 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5919 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5920 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5921 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5923 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5925 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5926 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5928 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5930 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5931 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5934 if (align
> p
->p_align
5935 && !m
->p_align_valid
5936 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5937 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5941 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5944 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5946 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5953 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5954 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5955 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5956 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5957 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5958 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5960 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5961 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5962 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5963 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5964 " by LOAD segment"),
5966 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5968 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5969 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5970 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5973 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5974 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5975 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5977 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5979 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5980 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5981 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5982 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5983 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5984 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5986 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5991 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5993 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5996 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5997 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5998 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5999 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
6002 /* xgettext:c-format */
6003 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
6005 print_segment_map (m
);
6011 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6013 if (link_info
!= NULL
6014 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
6015 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
6017 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
6018 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
6019 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
6021 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
6022 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
6023 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
6024 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
6026 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
6027 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6028 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6029 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6032 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6034 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6035 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6036 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6038 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6039 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6040 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6048 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6049 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6053 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6054 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6057 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6058 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6066 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6067 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6068 use heuristics instead. */
6071 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6073 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6076 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6077 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6080 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6082 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6084 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6085 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6086 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6087 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6088 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6095 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6096 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6099 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6100 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6102 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6103 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6104 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6105 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6106 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6107 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6109 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6111 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6112 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6113 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6114 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6116 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6119 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6120 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6121 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6122 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6123 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6124 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6126 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6127 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6128 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6129 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6130 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6131 so do not warn about them. */
6132 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6134 /* xgettext:c-format */
6135 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6137 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6139 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6140 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6141 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6142 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6145 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6147 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6150 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6151 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6152 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6153 not been decided. */
6154 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6155 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6156 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6157 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6158 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6159 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6160 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6161 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6162 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6163 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6165 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6167 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6169 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6170 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6171 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6172 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6174 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6176 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6179 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6181 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6182 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6183 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6184 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6185 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6187 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6189 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6191 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6192 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6203 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6204 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6207 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6209 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6211 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6213 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6215 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6216 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6217 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6219 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6225 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6226 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6228 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6237 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6238 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6239 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6240 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6241 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6243 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6244 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6245 In cases where the end does not match any
6246 loaded section (for instance is in file
6247 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6248 the end of loaded section contents. */
6249 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6250 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6252 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6253 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6254 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6255 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6256 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6258 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6260 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6266 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6269 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6271 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6273 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6274 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6276 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6280 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6281 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6282 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6284 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6285 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6286 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6292 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6294 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6296 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6297 "and/or program header"),
6298 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6303 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6304 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6306 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6307 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6308 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6310 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6322 static elf_section_list
*
6323 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6325 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6331 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6332 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6333 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6335 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6336 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6337 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6338 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6339 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6340 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6341 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6342 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6344 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6347 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6348 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6350 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6351 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6352 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6355 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6356 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6359 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6360 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6364 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6365 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6367 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6368 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6369 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6370 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6372 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6375 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6376 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6377 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6379 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6380 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6381 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6382 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6383 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6384 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6385 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6386 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6387 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6389 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6392 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6395 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6396 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6400 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6401 assignment of sections to segments. */
6402 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6405 /* And for non-load sections. */
6406 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6410 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6413 /* Write out the program headers. */
6414 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6417 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6418 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6426 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6427 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6429 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6430 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6431 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6433 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6435 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6436 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6439 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6441 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6442 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6443 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6444 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6446 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6447 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6448 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6449 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6451 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6452 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6453 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6454 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6455 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6456 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6458 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6460 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6462 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6463 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6466 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6467 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6468 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6469 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6470 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6471 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6472 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6473 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6475 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6478 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6479 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6481 /* No program header, for now. */
6482 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6483 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6484 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6486 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6487 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6488 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6490 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6491 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6492 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6493 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6494 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6495 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6496 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6497 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6498 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6504 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6506 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6507 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6508 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6509 changed or the programs updated. */
6512 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6514 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6516 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6517 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6518 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6519 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6520 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6522 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6523 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6524 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6525 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6526 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6528 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6529 segments is non-zero. */
6531 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6536 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6537 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6540 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6543 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6544 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6545 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6546 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6548 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6550 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6551 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6552 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6555 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6557 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6558 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6559 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6560 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6563 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6565 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6567 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6568 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6570 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6571 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6575 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6576 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6578 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6579 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6581 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6582 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6586 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6587 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6590 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6592 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6594 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6596 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6601 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6606 /* Update section size and contents. */
6607 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6608 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6609 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6613 /* Update section size and contents. */
6614 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6615 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6618 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6625 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6627 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6628 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6629 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6630 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6632 /* Place the section headers. */
6633 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6634 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6635 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6636 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6637 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6638 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6644 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6646 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6647 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6649 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6650 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6652 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6653 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6655 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6656 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6657 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6658 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6660 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6661 already been written to the BFD. */
6662 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6664 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6668 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6671 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6675 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6678 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6679 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6680 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6682 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6683 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6684 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6685 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6686 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6688 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6690 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6692 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6693 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6698 /* Write out the section header names. */
6699 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6700 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6701 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6702 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6705 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6708 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6711 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6712 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6713 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6719 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6721 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6722 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6725 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6728 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6730 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6731 unsigned int sec_index
;
6733 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6734 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6735 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6737 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6738 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6739 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6740 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6741 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6742 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6744 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6746 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6747 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6749 int retval
= sec_index
;
6751 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6755 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6756 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6761 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6765 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6767 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6769 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6771 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6772 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6773 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6774 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6775 input sections rather than the output section. */
6776 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6777 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6778 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6783 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6784 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6785 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6786 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6787 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6788 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6789 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6792 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6796 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6797 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6799 /* xgettext:c-format */
6800 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6801 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6802 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6809 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6810 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6818 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6821 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6823 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6824 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6825 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6826 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6827 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6830 unsigned int num_segments
;
6831 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6832 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6833 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6834 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6835 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6836 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6837 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6839 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6840 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6843 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6845 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6846 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6848 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6849 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6850 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6851 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6853 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6854 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6855 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6856 ? section->size : 0)
6858 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6859 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6860 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6861 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6862 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6863 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6865 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6866 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6867 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6868 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6869 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6870 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6871 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6873 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6874 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6875 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6876 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6877 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6878 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6879 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6881 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6883 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6885 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6889 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6890 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6891 p_memsz set to 0. */
6892 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6894 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6895 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6896 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6897 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6899 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6900 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6901 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6903 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6904 A section will be included if:
6905 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6906 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6907 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6909 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6910 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6911 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6912 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6913 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6914 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6915 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6916 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6917 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6918 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6919 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6920 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6921 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6922 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6923 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6924 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6925 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6926 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6927 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6928 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6929 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6930 || (segment->p_paddr \
6931 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6932 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6933 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6934 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6936 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6937 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6938 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6939 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6940 && section->output_section != NULL)
6942 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6943 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6944 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6946 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6947 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6948 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6949 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6950 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6952 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6953 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6954 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6955 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6956 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6958 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6959 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6960 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6962 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6963 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6964 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6965 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6966 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6967 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6970 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6972 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6976 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6977 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6978 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6979 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6980 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6985 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6987 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6988 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6989 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6991 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6992 assignment code will work. */
6993 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
6997 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6999 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
7000 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
7001 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7005 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
7006 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
7008 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
7010 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
7011 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
7014 /* Merge the two segments together. */
7015 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
7017 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
7019 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
7020 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
7022 if (extra_length
> 0)
7024 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7025 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7028 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7030 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7032 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7037 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7039 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7040 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7042 if (extra_length
> 0)
7044 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7045 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7048 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7053 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7054 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7058 unsigned int section_count
;
7059 asection
**sections
;
7060 asection
*output_section
;
7062 asection
*matching_lma
;
7063 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7066 asection
*first_section
;
7068 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7071 first_section
= NULL
;
7072 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7073 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7075 section
= section
->next
)
7077 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7078 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7079 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7081 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7082 first_section
= section
;
7083 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7088 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7089 all of the sections we have selected. */
7090 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7091 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7092 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7096 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7097 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7099 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7100 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7101 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7103 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7104 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7106 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7108 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7109 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7112 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7113 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7114 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7115 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7116 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7118 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7120 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7121 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7122 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7123 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7124 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7126 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7127 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7130 if (section_count
== 0)
7132 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7133 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7134 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7135 a warning is produced.
7136 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7137 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7138 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7139 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7140 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7141 /* xgettext:c-format */
7143 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7144 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7145 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7147 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7149 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7150 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7155 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7156 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7157 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7158 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7160 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7161 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7164 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7165 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7166 of the first section.
7168 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7169 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7170 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7171 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7172 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7174 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7175 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7176 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7177 or segments to contain the other sections.
7179 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7180 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7181 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7183 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7184 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7185 if (sections
== NULL
)
7188 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7189 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7190 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7191 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7192 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7195 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7196 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7198 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7200 section
= section
->next
)
7202 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7204 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7206 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7208 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7209 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7210 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7211 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7213 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7214 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7216 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7217 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7218 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7219 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7220 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7221 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7223 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7224 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7225 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7227 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7228 LMA address of the output section. */
7229 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7231 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7232 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7233 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7235 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7236 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7237 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7239 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7240 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7242 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7244 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7245 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7247 if (j
== section_count
)
7252 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7254 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7256 if (isec
== section_count
)
7258 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7259 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7260 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7261 program header in the input BFD. */
7262 map
->count
= section_count
;
7263 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7264 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7267 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7269 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7270 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7271 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7272 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7273 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7275 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7277 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7278 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7286 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7287 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7288 section fitted, the first section. */
7289 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7290 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7292 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7294 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7295 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7296 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7298 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7300 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7301 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7302 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7303 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7304 offset when we know the correct value. */
7305 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7306 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7309 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7311 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7312 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7313 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7314 first section lma, but there may have been some
7315 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7316 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7317 the same alignment. */
7318 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7319 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7320 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7324 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7325 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7326 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7327 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7328 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7329 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7335 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7337 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7338 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7340 section
= sections
[j
];
7342 if (section
== NULL
)
7345 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7347 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7349 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7351 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7353 if (map
->count
== 0)
7355 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7356 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7358 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7359 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7360 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7361 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7362 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7364 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7365 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7372 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7374 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7375 and the start of this section is more than
7376 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7377 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7379 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7380 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7381 > output_section
->lma
))
7383 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7384 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7390 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7393 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7394 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7396 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7397 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7400 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7401 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7402 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7403 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7404 So allow a count of zero. */
7406 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7407 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7408 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7410 if (isec
< section_count
)
7412 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7413 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7414 and carry on looping. */
7415 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7416 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7417 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7424 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7425 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7426 not yet been assigned. */
7428 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7429 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7430 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7431 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7432 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7433 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7434 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7439 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7443 while (isec
< section_count
);
7448 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7450 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7451 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7452 the offset if necessary. */
7453 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7457 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7460 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7461 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7462 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7464 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7465 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7468 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7469 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7476 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7477 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7479 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7480 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7481 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7482 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7483 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7484 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7488 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7491 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7493 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7494 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7495 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7496 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7497 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7499 unsigned int num_segments
;
7500 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7501 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7502 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7504 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7507 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7509 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7510 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7511 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7512 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7513 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7516 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7518 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7522 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7527 unsigned int section_count
;
7529 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7530 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7531 asection
*lowest_section
;
7533 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7534 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7536 section
= section
->next
)
7538 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7539 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7541 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7542 first_section
= section
;
7547 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7548 all of the sections we have selected. */
7549 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7550 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7551 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7555 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7558 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7559 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7560 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7561 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7562 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7563 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7564 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7565 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7567 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7568 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7570 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7571 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7572 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7573 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7574 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7576 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7577 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7580 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7581 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7582 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7583 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7585 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7586 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7588 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7589 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7590 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7591 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7592 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7594 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7595 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7598 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7599 if (section_count
!= 0)
7601 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7603 for (section
= first_section
;
7605 section
= section
->next
)
7607 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7608 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7610 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7611 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7615 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7616 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7617 lowest_section
= section
;
7619 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7620 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7621 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7622 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7624 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7625 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7627 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7628 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7629 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7631 if (isec
== section_count
)
7637 if (section_count
== 0)
7638 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7639 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7641 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7642 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7643 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7644 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7645 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7646 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7648 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7649 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7652 map
->count
= section_count
;
7653 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7654 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7657 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7661 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7665 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7667 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7668 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7671 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7674 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7676 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7677 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7678 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7679 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7680 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7681 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7682 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7684 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7686 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7687 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7690 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7691 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7692 section
= section
->next
)
7693 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7695 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7696 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7700 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7701 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7702 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7703 map in this case. */
7704 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7705 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7706 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7709 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7710 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7712 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7713 from the input BFD. */
7714 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7716 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7718 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7719 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7720 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7722 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7723 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7725 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7726 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7727 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7728 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7729 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7730 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7736 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7738 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7739 section
= section
->next
)
7741 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7744 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7747 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7751 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7753 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7754 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7755 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7757 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7758 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7760 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7763 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7764 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7766 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7767 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7768 /* xgettext:c-format */
7769 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7770 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7771 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7773 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7776 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7777 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7780 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7783 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7786 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7790 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7793 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7794 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7795 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7797 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7798 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7801 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7803 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7804 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7805 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7806 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7807 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7808 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7809 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7810 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7811 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7812 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7813 are different the user may be doing something like
7814 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7815 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7816 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7817 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7819 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7820 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7821 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7823 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7824 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7825 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7827 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7828 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7829 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7830 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7831 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7833 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7834 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7835 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7836 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7837 if ((link_info
== NULL
7838 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7839 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7840 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7842 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7843 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7844 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7845 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7848 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7849 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7850 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7853 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7855 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7856 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7857 may be NULL at this point. */
7858 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7860 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7861 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7862 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7865 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7870 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7871 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7874 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7879 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7881 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7882 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7885 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7886 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7888 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7890 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7891 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7892 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7893 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7894 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7896 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7900 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7901 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7902 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7903 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7904 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7908 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7912 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7913 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7915 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7916 asection
*s
= first
;
7917 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7921 /* If this member section is being output but the
7922 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7923 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7924 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7925 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7927 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7928 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7932 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7933 if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7934 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7936 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being
7937 output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust
7940 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7941 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7943 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7944 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7949 /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member
7951 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7952 && elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7954 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7955 && elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7959 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7965 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7967 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7968 adjust the input section size. */
7969 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7970 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7971 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7972 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7975 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7980 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7982 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7983 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7985 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7986 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7995 /* Copy private header information. */
7998 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
8000 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8001 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8004 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
8005 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
8006 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
8007 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
8008 already been worked out. */
8009 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
8011 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
8015 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
8018 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
8019 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
8020 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
8021 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
8022 swap_out_syms function. */
8024 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
8025 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
8026 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
8027 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
8028 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
8031 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
8036 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
8038 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8039 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8042 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
8043 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
8046 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8048 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8052 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8053 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8054 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8055 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8056 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8057 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8059 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8060 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8061 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8062 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8063 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8069 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8072 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8073 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8076 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8077 unsigned int symcount
;
8079 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8080 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8081 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8082 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8083 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8084 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8085 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8086 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8087 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8089 unsigned int num_locals
;
8091 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8093 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8096 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8097 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8101 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8102 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8103 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8104 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8105 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8106 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8107 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8108 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8110 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8111 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8113 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8114 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8115 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8117 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8118 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8122 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8123 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8126 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8129 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8132 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8133 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8135 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8136 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8138 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8140 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8141 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8143 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8144 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8146 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8147 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8150 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8151 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8152 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8153 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8154 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8156 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8159 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8161 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8162 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8168 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8169 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8170 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8171 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8172 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8173 outbound_syms_index
++;
8174 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8175 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8179 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8180 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8182 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8183 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8185 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8186 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8187 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8188 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8191 if (!name_local_sections
8192 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8194 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8195 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8199 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8200 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8202 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8204 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8208 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
8210 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8211 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8213 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8214 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8215 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8216 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8217 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8218 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8219 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8221 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8222 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8223 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8227 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8230 if (sec
->output_section
)
8232 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8233 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8236 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8237 if (! relocatable_p
)
8239 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8240 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8242 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8244 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8246 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8247 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8248 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8249 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8253 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8256 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8259 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8262 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8265 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8266 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8273 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8275 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8276 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8277 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8281 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8282 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8283 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8292 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8294 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8298 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8299 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8300 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8301 demand of applications. For example, it
8302 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8303 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8304 actually in the output file. */
8305 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8307 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8308 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8310 /* xgettext:c-format */
8312 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8313 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8314 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8316 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8322 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8325 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8327 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8328 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8329 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8331 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8333 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8335 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8340 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8343 /* Processor-specific types. */
8344 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8345 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8346 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8347 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8349 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8351 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8352 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8354 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8356 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8358 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8360 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8361 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8362 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8364 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8365 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8367 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8369 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8370 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8374 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8375 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8378 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8380 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8382 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8383 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8384 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8386 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8389 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8392 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8394 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8395 sym
.st_target_internal
8396 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8401 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8405 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8406 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8407 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8409 outbound_syms_index
++;
8410 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8411 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8414 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8415 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8417 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8418 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8420 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8421 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8422 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8424 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8425 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8426 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8428 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8429 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8431 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8432 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8437 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8438 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8439 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8440 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8441 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8442 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8443 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8444 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8449 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8451 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8452 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8453 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8456 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8458 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8460 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8462 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8463 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8465 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8468 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8470 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8476 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8478 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8480 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8482 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8484 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8488 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8489 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8491 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8494 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8496 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8502 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8505 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8506 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8508 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8512 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8515 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8518 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8525 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8527 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8530 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8531 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8532 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8536 return section
->reloc_count
;
8540 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8542 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8543 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8546 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8551 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8552 asymbol
**allocation
)
8554 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8555 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8558 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8562 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8563 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8564 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8565 dynamic reloc section. */
8568 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8570 bfd_size_type count
;
8573 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8575 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8580 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8581 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8582 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8583 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8585 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8586 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8588 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8592 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8595 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8596 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8597 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8598 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8599 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8600 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8601 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8604 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8608 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8612 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8614 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8618 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8620 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8622 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8623 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8624 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8629 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8631 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8633 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8644 /* Read in the version information. */
8647 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8649 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8650 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8653 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8655 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8656 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8657 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8659 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8661 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8663 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8664 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8666 error_return_bad_verref
:
8668 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8669 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8670 error_return_verref
:
8671 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8672 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8676 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8677 goto error_return_verref
;
8678 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8679 if (contents
== NULL
)
8680 goto error_return_verref
;
8682 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8684 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8685 goto error_return_verref
;
8687 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8688 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8689 goto error_return_verref
;
8691 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8692 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8693 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8694 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8695 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8696 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8698 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8699 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8702 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8704 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8706 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8707 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8709 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8710 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8712 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8713 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8716 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8717 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8719 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8720 goto error_return_verref
;
8722 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8723 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8724 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8725 goto error_return_verref
;
8728 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8729 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8730 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8732 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8733 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8734 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8735 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8737 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8739 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8740 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8741 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8742 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8743 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8745 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8746 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8748 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8749 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8751 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8754 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8755 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8757 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8758 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8759 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8761 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8762 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8765 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8766 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8768 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8769 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8771 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8772 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8773 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8775 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8776 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8778 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8784 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8786 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8787 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8788 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8789 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8790 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8792 unsigned int maxidx
;
8793 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8795 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8797 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8799 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8801 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8802 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8803 error_return_verdef
:
8804 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8805 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8809 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8810 goto error_return_verdef
;
8811 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8812 if (contents
== NULL
)
8813 goto error_return_verdef
;
8815 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8816 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8817 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8818 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8819 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8820 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8822 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8823 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8825 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8827 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8829 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8831 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8832 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8833 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8834 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8836 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8839 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8840 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8841 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8843 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8844 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8847 if (default_imported_symver
)
8849 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8854 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8856 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8857 goto error_return_verdef
;
8859 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8860 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8861 goto error_return_verdef
;
8863 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8865 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8866 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8867 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8869 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8870 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8873 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8875 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8876 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8878 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8879 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8881 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8883 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8884 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8887 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8888 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8890 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8891 goto error_return_verdef
;
8893 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8894 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8895 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8896 goto error_return_verdef
;
8900 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8901 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8903 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8904 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8905 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8906 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8908 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8910 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8911 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8912 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8913 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8914 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8916 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8917 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8919 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8922 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8923 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8925 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8926 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8927 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8929 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8930 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8933 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8934 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8935 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8937 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8938 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8940 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8941 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8943 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8944 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8950 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8957 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8959 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8962 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8963 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8966 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8969 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8970 if (default_imported_symver
)
8972 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8973 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8975 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8977 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8978 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8979 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8980 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8982 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8984 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8985 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8986 goto error_return_verdef
;
8987 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8988 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8989 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8990 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8991 goto error_return_verdef
;
8993 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8994 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
9000 if (contents
!= NULL
)
9006 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
9008 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
9010 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
9013 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
9014 return &newsym
->symbol
;
9018 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9022 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
9025 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
9026 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9030 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9033 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9034 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9037 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9038 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9039 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9042 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9043 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9044 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9045 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9046 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9047 we treat such symbols as local. */
9048 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9051 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9052 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9053 These labels have the form:
9055 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9057 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9059 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9060 so we only need to match the rest. */
9061 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9063 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9067 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9069 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9071 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9072 /* A fake symbol. */
9075 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9076 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9077 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9078 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9079 other than some kind of local ? */
9096 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9097 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9104 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9105 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9106 unsigned long machine
)
9108 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9109 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9110 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9111 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9112 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9115 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9118 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9119 for error reporting. */
9122 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9126 const char **filename_ptr
,
9127 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9128 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9129 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9133 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9134 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9135 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9136 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9137 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9140 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9141 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9143 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9144 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9145 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9150 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9151 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9152 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9153 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9155 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9158 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9161 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9162 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9169 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9172 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9173 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9175 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9176 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9177 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9178 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9181 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9182 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9183 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9184 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9185 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9188 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9189 const char **filename_ptr
,
9190 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9191 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9194 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9195 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9196 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9201 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9203 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9204 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9206 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9208 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9210 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9212 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9215 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9216 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9219 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9222 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9230 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9232 const void *location
,
9234 bfd_size_type count
)
9236 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9239 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9240 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9246 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9247 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9249 unsigned char *contents
;
9251 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9252 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9256 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9259 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9261 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9265 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9268 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9271 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9275 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9276 if (contents
== NULL
)
9279 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9282 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9286 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9290 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9291 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9292 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9299 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9300 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9301 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9307 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9310 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9312 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9314 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9316 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9317 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9319 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9320 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9322 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9324 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9327 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9330 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9333 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9336 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9339 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9342 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9348 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9350 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9352 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9353 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9355 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9360 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9366 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9369 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9372 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9375 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9378 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9384 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9388 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9396 /* xgettext:c-format */
9397 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9398 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9399 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9404 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9406 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9407 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
9409 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9410 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9411 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9414 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9417 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9418 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9419 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9422 bfd_reloc_status_type
9423 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9424 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9425 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9426 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9427 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9429 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9432 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9433 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9434 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9435 out details about the corefile. */
9437 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9438 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9439 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9440 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9443 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9444 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9447 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9451 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9453 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9458 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9459 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9460 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9464 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9468 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9471 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9475 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9476 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9477 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9481 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9482 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9483 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9484 such a section already exists.
9485 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9486 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9487 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9489 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9495 char *threaded_name
;
9499 /* Build the section name. */
9501 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9502 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9503 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9504 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9506 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9508 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9513 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9514 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9516 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9520 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9523 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9529 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9530 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9531 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9536 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9538 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9542 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9545 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9550 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9554 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9555 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9556 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9558 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9559 has already been set by another thread. */
9560 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9561 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9562 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9563 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9565 /* pr_who exists on:
9568 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9571 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9572 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9577 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9578 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9580 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9581 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9583 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9584 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9585 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9587 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9588 has already been set by another thread. */
9589 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9591 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9592 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9594 /* pr_who exists on:
9597 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9600 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9601 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9603 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9606 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9609 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9610 note size (ie. data object type). */
9614 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9615 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9616 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9618 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9620 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9622 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9624 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9626 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9627 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9630 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9631 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9632 data structure apart. */
9635 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9637 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9640 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9641 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9645 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9647 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9650 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9651 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9652 contents literally. */
9655 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9657 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9661 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9663 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9667 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9669 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9673 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9675 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9679 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9681 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9685 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9687 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9691 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9693 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9697 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9699 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9703 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9705 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9709 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9711 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9715 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9717 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9721 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9723 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9727 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9729 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9733 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9735 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9739 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9741 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9745 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9747 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9751 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9753 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9757 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9759 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9763 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9765 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9769 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9771 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9775 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9777 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9781 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9783 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9787 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9789 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9793 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9795 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9799 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9801 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9805 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9807 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9811 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9813 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9817 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9819 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9823 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9825 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9829 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9831 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9835 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9837 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9841 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9843 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9847 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9849 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9853 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9855 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9859 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9861 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9864 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9865 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9866 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9867 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9871 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9872 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9873 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9874 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9878 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9879 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9880 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9883 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9886 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9894 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9898 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9904 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9906 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9908 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9910 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9912 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9914 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9915 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9917 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9918 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9919 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9921 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9922 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9923 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9925 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9926 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9928 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9929 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9931 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9933 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9934 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9936 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9937 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9938 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9940 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9941 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9942 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9948 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9949 note size (ie. data object type). */
9953 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9954 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9955 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9958 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9959 int n
= strlen (command
);
9961 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9962 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9967 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9969 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9971 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9973 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9974 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9975 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9981 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9983 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9985 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9986 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9988 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9991 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9993 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9996 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9997 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9998 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
10002 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
10004 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10006 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10008 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10014 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
10015 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
10016 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
10021 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10023 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
10024 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
10026 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10027 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10029 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10031 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10032 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10033 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10036 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10038 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10042 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10043 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10044 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10045 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10048 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10049 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10050 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10053 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10055 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10058 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10060 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10061 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10062 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10065 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10067 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10071 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10072 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10073 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10074 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10077 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10078 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10079 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10082 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10084 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10086 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10089 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10096 int is_active_thread
;
10099 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
10102 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10105 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10109 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
10110 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10111 /* process_info.pid */
10112 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10113 /* process_info.signal */
10114 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10117 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
10118 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10119 /* thread_info.tid */
10120 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
10122 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10123 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10127 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10129 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10133 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10135 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10136 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10137 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10139 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10140 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10142 if (is_active_thread
)
10143 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10147 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
10148 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10149 /* module_info.base_address */
10150 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10151 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10153 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10154 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10158 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10160 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10165 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10166 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10167 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10178 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10180 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10182 switch (note
->type
)
10188 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10189 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10191 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10192 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10197 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10199 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10202 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10204 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10207 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10208 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10210 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10211 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10213 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10214 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10215 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10216 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10220 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10221 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10222 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10223 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10228 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10229 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10230 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10235 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10236 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10237 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10242 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10243 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10244 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10249 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10250 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10251 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10256 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10257 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10258 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10263 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10264 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10265 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10270 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10271 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10272 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10276 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10277 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10278 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10279 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10283 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10284 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10285 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10286 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10290 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10291 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10292 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10293 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10297 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10298 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10299 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10300 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10304 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10305 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10306 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10307 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10311 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10312 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10313 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10314 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10318 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10319 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10320 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10321 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10325 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10326 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10327 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10328 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10332 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10333 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10334 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10335 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10339 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10340 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10341 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10342 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10346 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10347 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10348 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10349 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10353 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10354 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10355 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10356 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10361 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10362 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10363 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10367 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10368 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10369 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10370 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10374 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10375 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10376 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10377 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10381 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10382 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10383 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10384 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10389 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10390 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10391 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10395 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10396 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10397 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10398 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10402 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10403 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10404 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10405 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10409 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10410 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10411 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10412 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10416 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10417 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10418 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10419 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10424 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10425 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10426 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10431 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10432 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10433 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10437 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10438 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10439 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10440 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10444 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10445 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10446 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10447 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10452 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10453 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10454 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10458 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10459 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10460 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10461 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10467 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10468 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10470 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10471 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10477 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10480 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10484 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10491 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10493 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10495 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10498 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10499 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10502 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10503 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10504 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10510 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10512 switch (note
->type
)
10517 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10518 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10520 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10521 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10526 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10528 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10529 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10530 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10532 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10533 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10534 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10536 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10542 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10544 switch (note
->type
)
10547 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10555 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10559 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10562 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10567 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10575 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10576 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10581 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10582 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10586 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10590 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10591 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10592 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10595 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10596 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10597 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10600 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10603 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10604 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10607 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10608 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10614 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10620 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10621 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10622 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10626 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10630 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10631 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10638 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10641 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10642 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10645 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10646 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10647 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10649 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10654 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10658 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10661 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10662 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10663 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10664 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10667 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10668 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10669 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10672 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10673 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10676 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10677 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10680 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10681 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10682 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10686 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10688 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10690 switch (note
->type
)
10693 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10694 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10696 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10699 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10702 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10704 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10705 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10706 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10710 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10711 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10714 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10715 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10718 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10719 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10722 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10723 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10725 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10726 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10727 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10731 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10732 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10736 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10744 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10748 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10751 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10758 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10760 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10763 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10764 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10765 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10767 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10768 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10769 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10771 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10772 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10773 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10775 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10780 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10784 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10785 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10787 switch (note
->type
)
10789 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10790 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10791 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10792 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10793 creates a core file. */
10794 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10795 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10796 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10797 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10798 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10800 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
10801 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
10802 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
10803 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
10810 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
10811 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10812 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10815 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10819 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10821 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10822 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10824 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
10825 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10826 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10827 switch (note
->type
)
10829 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10830 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10832 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10833 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10839 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10840 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10841 structure which lacks GBR. */
10844 switch (note
->type
)
10846 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10847 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10849 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10850 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10856 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10857 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10860 switch (note
->type
)
10862 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10863 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10865 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10866 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10876 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10878 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10881 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10882 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10883 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10885 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10886 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10887 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10889 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10890 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10891 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10897 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10899 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10900 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10902 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10903 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10905 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10906 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10908 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10909 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10911 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10912 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10914 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10916 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10921 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10922 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10923 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10932 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10934 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10941 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10944 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10945 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10947 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10948 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10950 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10951 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10953 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10954 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10956 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10957 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10960 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10961 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10962 thread just in case. */
10963 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10964 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10966 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10967 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10969 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10972 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10974 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10978 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10979 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10980 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10982 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10986 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10987 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10995 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10996 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10998 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11001 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11003 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11007 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11008 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11009 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11011 /* This is the current thread. */
11012 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
11013 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
11018 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
11019 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
11020 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
11021 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
11024 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11026 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
11027 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11029 static long tid
= 1;
11031 switch (note
->type
)
11033 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11034 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11035 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11036 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11037 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11038 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11039 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11040 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11047 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11053 /* Use note name as section name. */
11054 len
= note
->namesz
;
11055 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11058 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11059 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11061 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11065 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11066 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11067 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11072 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11075 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11079 size of data for note
11081 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11082 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11083 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11084 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11087 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11090 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11098 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11105 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11107 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11109 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11112 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11113 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11114 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11115 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11116 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11117 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11121 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11129 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11139 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11140 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11141 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11142 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11143 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11144 be NULL terminated.
11145 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11146 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11147 the finer control available with later versions.
11148 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11149 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11150 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11151 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11152 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11153 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11154 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11157 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11161 const char *psargs
)
11163 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11165 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11168 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11169 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11174 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11175 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11176 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11178 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11180 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11183 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11186 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11187 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11188 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11189 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11190 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11195 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11197 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11200 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11203 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11204 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11205 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11206 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11207 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11209 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11214 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11215 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11219 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11220 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11221 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11223 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11225 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11227 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11228 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11229 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11233 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11235 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11236 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11237 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11242 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11243 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11244 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11246 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11248 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11250 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11251 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11252 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11256 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11258 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11259 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11260 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11265 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11272 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11274 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11277 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11279 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11284 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11285 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11286 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11288 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11290 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11291 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11292 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11293 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11294 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11295 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11302 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11303 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11304 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11305 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11306 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11307 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11309 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11315 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11317 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11324 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11325 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11327 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11328 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11329 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11330 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11331 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11332 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11333 #if !defined(gregs)
11334 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11335 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11337 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11338 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11341 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11342 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11344 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11346 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11348 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11352 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11353 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11355 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11356 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11357 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11359 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11363 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11364 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11365 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11366 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11374 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11375 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11376 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11377 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11381 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11384 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11387 const void *fpregs
,
11390 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11391 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11392 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11396 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11399 const void *xfpregs
,
11402 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11403 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11404 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11408 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11409 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11412 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11413 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11415 note_name
= "LINUX";
11416 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11417 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11421 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11424 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11427 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11428 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11429 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11433 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11436 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11439 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11440 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11441 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11445 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11448 const void *ppc_tar
,
11451 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11452 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11453 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11457 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11460 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11463 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11464 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11465 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11469 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11472 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11475 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11476 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11477 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11481 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11484 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11487 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11488 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11489 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11493 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11496 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11499 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11500 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11501 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11505 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11508 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11511 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11512 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11513 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11517 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11520 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11523 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11524 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11525 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11529 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11532 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11535 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11536 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11537 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11541 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11544 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11547 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11548 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11549 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11553 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11556 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11559 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11560 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11561 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11565 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11568 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11571 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11572 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11573 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11577 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11580 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11583 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11584 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11585 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11589 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11592 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11595 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11596 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11597 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11601 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11604 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11607 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11608 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11609 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11610 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11614 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11617 const void *s390_timer
,
11620 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11621 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11622 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11626 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11629 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11632 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11633 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11634 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11638 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11641 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11644 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11645 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11646 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11650 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11653 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11656 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11657 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11658 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11662 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11665 const void *s390_prefix
,
11668 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11669 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11670 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11674 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11677 const void *s390_last_break
,
11680 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11681 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11682 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11683 s390_last_break
, size
);
11687 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11690 const void *s390_system_call
,
11693 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11694 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11695 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11696 s390_system_call
, size
);
11700 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11703 const void *s390_tdb
,
11706 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11707 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11708 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11712 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11715 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11718 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11719 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11720 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11724 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11727 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11730 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11731 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11732 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11733 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11737 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11740 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11743 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11744 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11745 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11750 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11753 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11756 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11757 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11758 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11763 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11766 const void *arm_vfp
,
11769 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11770 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11771 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11775 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11778 const void *aarch_tls
,
11781 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11782 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11783 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11787 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11790 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11793 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11794 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11795 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11799 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11802 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11805 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11806 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11807 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11811 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11814 const void *aarch_sve
,
11817 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11818 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11819 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11823 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11826 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11829 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11830 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11831 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11835 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11838 const char *section
,
11842 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11843 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11844 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11845 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11846 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11847 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11848 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11849 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11850 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11851 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11852 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11853 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11854 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11855 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11856 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11857 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11858 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11859 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11860 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11861 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11862 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11863 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11864 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11865 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11866 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11867 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11868 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11869 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11870 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11871 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11872 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11873 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11874 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11875 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11876 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11877 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11878 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11879 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11880 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11881 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11882 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11883 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11884 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11885 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11886 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11887 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11888 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11889 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11890 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11891 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11892 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11893 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11894 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11895 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11896 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11897 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11898 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11899 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11900 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11901 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11902 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11903 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11904 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11905 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11906 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11907 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11908 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11909 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11910 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11911 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11912 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11913 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11914 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11915 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11920 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11925 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11926 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11927 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11928 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11931 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11935 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11937 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11938 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11940 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11943 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11945 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11946 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11947 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11950 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11951 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11952 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11954 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11955 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11958 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11965 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11968 const char * string
;
11970 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11974 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11975 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11976 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11977 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11978 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11979 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
11980 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
11982 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11985 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11987 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11988 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11989 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11991 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
12000 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
12002 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
12005 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
12006 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
12008 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
12014 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
12021 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
12026 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12029 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12032 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12036 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12037 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12040 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12050 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12052 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12053 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12054 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12057 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12059 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12061 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12065 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12068 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12069 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12070 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12071 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12073 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12074 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12077 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12081 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12083 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12087 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12088 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12089 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12090 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12095 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12096 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12097 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12098 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12100 return reloc_class_normal
;
12103 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12104 relocation against a local symbol. */
12107 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12108 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12110 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12112 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12113 bfd_vma relocation
;
12115 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12116 + sec
->output_offset
12118 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12119 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12120 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12123 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12124 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12125 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12128 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12129 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12130 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12131 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12132 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12133 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12134 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12137 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12138 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12144 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12145 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12149 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12151 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12152 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12154 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12155 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12156 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12159 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12160 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12161 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12162 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12166 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12167 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12171 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12173 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12174 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12176 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12177 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12180 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12182 /* Reverse the offset. */
12183 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12184 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12186 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12187 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12188 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12189 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12195 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12196 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12197 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12198 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12199 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12200 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12202 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12203 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12204 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12205 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12206 the remote memory. */
12209 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12212 bfd_size_type size
,
12213 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12214 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12216 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12217 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12221 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12222 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12223 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12228 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12231 const char *relplt_name
;
12232 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12236 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12242 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12245 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12248 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12251 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12252 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12253 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12254 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12255 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12258 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12259 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12260 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12263 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12267 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12268 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12271 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12272 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12273 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12274 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12276 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12277 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12280 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12282 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12287 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12291 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12292 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12294 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12299 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12300 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12303 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12304 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12305 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12306 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12307 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12308 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12310 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12313 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12314 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12316 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12320 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12321 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12322 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12323 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12326 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12329 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12330 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12337 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12338 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12339 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12340 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12341 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12342 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12343 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12344 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12347 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12349 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12351 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12353 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12354 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12356 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12357 SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or
12358 STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12359 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12361 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12362 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12363 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12364 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12366 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12367 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported"));
12368 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12369 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported"));
12370 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12371 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported"));
12372 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12380 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12381 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12382 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12385 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12387 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12388 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12391 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12392 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12393 otherwise return zero. */
12396 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12399 bfd_size_type size
;
12401 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12402 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12403 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12406 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12408 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12409 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12415 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12416 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12418 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12419 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12420 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12422 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12425 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12426 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12428 unsigned int shindex
)
12430 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12431 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12434 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12435 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12437 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12438 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12441 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12444 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12446 asymbol
** symbols
)
12448 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12450 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12451 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
12453 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12454 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12455 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
12458 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
12460 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12461 associated with SEC. */
12462 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12464 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
12466 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
12467 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12469 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
12470 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
12471 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
12472 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
12474 unsigned int entsize
;
12475 unsigned int symcount
;
12476 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12479 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
12482 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12483 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12484 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12486 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12488 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
12489 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
12495 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
12496 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
12498 free (native_relocs
);
12499 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
12504 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12505 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12507 free (native_relocs
);
12512 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12513 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
12516 free (native_relocs
);
12517 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
12518 the memory for the bfd is released. */
12523 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12525 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
12526 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
12528 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
12531 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
12533 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12535 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12536 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12537 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
12538 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
12539 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
12540 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
12542 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
12544 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
12546 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
12547 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
12548 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12549 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12551 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
12554 /* xgettext:c-format */
12555 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
12556 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
12557 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12558 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12559 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12566 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
12568 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
12569 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
12570 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
12573 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
12575 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
12576 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
12578 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12579 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
12586 free (native_relocs
);
12587 /* Store the internal relocs. */
12588 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
12595 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
12598 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12599 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12600 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
12601 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
12606 if (isection
== NULL
)
12609 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
12612 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
12616 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
12620 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
== NULL
);
12621 elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
12622 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
12623 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
12624 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
12626 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
12628 /* xgettext:c-format */
12629 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
12631 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12635 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
12636 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
12637 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
12640 /* xgettext:c-format */
12641 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
12643 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12647 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
12649 if (isection
== NULL
12650 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
12651 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
12654 /* xgettext:c-format */
12655 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
12657 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12661 osection
->sh_info
=
12662 elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12664 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12665 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
12666 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
12672 /* Write out a secondary reloc section. */
12675 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
12677 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12678 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
12680 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
12681 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12686 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12687 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12688 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
12691 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
12693 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12694 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12695 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
12697 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
12698 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
12700 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12701 associated with SEC. */
12702 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12704 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
12705 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
12707 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
12708 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12710 asymbol
* last_sym
;
12712 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12714 arelent
* src_irel
;
12715 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
12717 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
12720 /* xgettext:c-format */
12721 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
12723 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12728 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12729 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
12732 /* xgettext:c-format */
12733 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
12735 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12740 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
12741 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
12744 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12745 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12746 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12750 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
12751 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
12752 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
12755 /* xgettext:c-format */
12756 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
12758 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12763 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= hdr
->sh_entsize
)
12765 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
12770 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
12774 /* xgettext:c-format */
12775 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
12776 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12777 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12782 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
12784 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
12789 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12791 if (sym
== last_sym
)
12795 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
12799 /* xgettext:c-format */
12800 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
12801 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12802 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12811 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
12812 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
12813 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
12816 /* xgettext:c-format */
12817 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
12818 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12819 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12825 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
12826 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
12829 /* xgettext:c-format */
12830 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
12831 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12832 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12834 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
12837 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
12838 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
12839 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);